blob: 6fe4381ba0ef1eadd171c9ffcfc248343a714fe9 [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100233 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700318 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100319 */
320enum ieee80211_bss_change {
321 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
322 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
323 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200325 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200326 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
330 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200331 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300333 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200334 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200335 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300336 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100340 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300341 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100342 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100343 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200344 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300345 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700346 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700347 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200348 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200349
350 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100351};
352
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300353/*
354 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
355 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
356 * filtering will be disabled.
357 */
358#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
359
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100360/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200361 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
362 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200363 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300364 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300365 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
366 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
367 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700368 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200369enum ieee80211_event_type {
370 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200371 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300372 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300373 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200374};
375
376/**
377 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
378 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
380 */
381enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700382 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
383 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
384};
385
386/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200387 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200388 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
389 */
390struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
391 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
392};
393
394/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200395 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
396 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200397 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200398 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
399 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200400 */
401enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
402 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200403 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200404 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
405 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200406};
407
408/**
409 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
410 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
411 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
412 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
413 */
414enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
415 MLME_SUCCESS,
416 MLME_DENIED,
417 MLME_TIMEOUT,
418};
419
420/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200421 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200422 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
423 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
424 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
425 */
426struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
427 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
429 u16 reason;
430};
431
432/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300433 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
434 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
435 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300436 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300437 */
438struct ieee80211_ba_event {
439 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
440 u16 tid;
441 u16 ssn;
442};
443
444/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200445 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200446 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200447 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200448 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300449 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300450 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200451 */
452struct ieee80211_event {
453 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
454 union {
455 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200456 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300457 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200458 } u;
459};
460
461/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200462 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
463 *
464 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
465 *
466 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
467 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
468 */
469struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
470 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
471 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
472};
473
474/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800475 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700476 *
477 * @lci: LCI subelement content
478 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
479 * @lci_len: LCI data length
480 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
481 */
482struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
483 const u8 *lci;
484 const u8 *civicloc;
485 size_t lci_len;
486 size_t civicloc_len;
487};
488
489/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100490 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
491 *
492 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
493 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
494 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300495 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
496 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
497 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
498 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
499 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
500 * ACK, BACK or both
501 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
502 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
503 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200504 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
505 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200506 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
507 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100508 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200509 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
510 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530511 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100512 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
513 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200514 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
515 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100516 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200517 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300518 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200519 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100520 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
521 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
522 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
523 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200524 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200525 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
526 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200527 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100528 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
529 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200530 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
531 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
532 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700533 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800534 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200535 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
536 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
537 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300538 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100539 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200540 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
541 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100542 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
543 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200544 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100545 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300546 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
547 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
548 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200549 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200550 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
551 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
552 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100553 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
554 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
555 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
556 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200557 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300558 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
559 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
560 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
561 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100562 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
563 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
564 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200565 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200566 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
567 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
568 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300569 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
570 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200571 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300572 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
573 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200574 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100575 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
576 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
577 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
578 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
579 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
580 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100581 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200582 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
583 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
584 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300585 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
586 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
587 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
588 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
589 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
590 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
591 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700592 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
593 * responder functionality.
594 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200595 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
596 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
597 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
598 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
599 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
600 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
601 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
602 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100603 */
604struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200605 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300606 u8 bss_color;
607 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
608 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
609 bool uora_exists;
610 bool ack_enabled;
611 u8 uora_ocw_range;
612 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
613 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200614 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200615 bool twt_responder;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100616 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200617 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530618 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100619 u16 aid;
620 /* erp related data */
621 bool use_cts_prot;
622 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300623 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200624 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800625 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700626 u16 beacon_int;
627 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200628 u64 sync_tsf;
629 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100630 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100631 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300632 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200633 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200634 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200635 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
636 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100637 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
638 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100639 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200640 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300641 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100642 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200643 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200644 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300645 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300646 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
647 size_t ssid_len;
648 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200649 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100650 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100651 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200652 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300653 u16 max_idle_period;
654 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700655 bool ftm_responder;
656 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200657 /* Multiple BSSID data */
658 bool nontransmitted;
659 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
660 u8 bssid_index;
661 u8 bssid_indicator;
662 bool ema_ap;
663 u8 profile_periodicity;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100664};
665
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800666/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200667 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800668 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700669 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800670 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100671 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200672 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
673 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
674 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
675 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
676 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
677 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
678 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
679 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
680 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
681 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
682 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200683 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
685 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
688 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200689 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200690 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200691 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
692 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
693 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
694 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
695 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
696 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
697 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
698 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200699 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
700 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
701 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300702 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
703 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200704 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
705 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
706 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600707 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
708 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
709 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100710 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
711 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
712 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
714 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200715 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
716 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100717 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
718 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
719 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200720 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
721 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
722 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
723 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100724 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
725 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
726 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100727 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
728 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
729 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200730 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
731 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
732 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400733 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
735 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100736 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
737 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
738 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
739 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200740 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
741 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
742 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530743 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
744 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
745 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200746 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
747 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
748 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200749 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
750 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530751 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
752 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
753 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200754 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
755 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
756 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530757 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
758 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
759 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
760 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
761 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200762 *
763 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
764 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800765 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200766enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
770 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
771 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
773 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
774 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
775 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
776 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
777 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
778 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600780 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200782 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200783 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100787 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200788 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400789 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200790 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200792 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530793 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200794 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530795 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200796 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530797 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200798};
799
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200800#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
801
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200802/**
803 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
804 *
805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
806 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
808 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100809 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100810 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200811 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700812 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200813 *
814 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
815 */
816enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530818 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100819 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100820 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200821 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700822 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200823};
824
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200825/*
826 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
827 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
828 */
829#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
830 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
832 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
833 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100834 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200835 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200836 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200837
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530838/**
839 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
840 * Rate Control algorithm.
841 *
842 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
843 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
844 *
845 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
846 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
847 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
848 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
849 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
851 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
853 * Greenfield mode.
854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100855 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
856 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
857 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530858 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
859 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
860 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
861 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
862 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200863enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
864 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
865 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
866 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
867
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100868 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
873 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100874 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
875 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
876 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800877};
878
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200879
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200880/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
881#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200882
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200883/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
884#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
885
886/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200887#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200888
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200889/* maximum number of rate table entries */
890#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
891
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200892/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200893 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200894 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200895 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
896 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200897 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200898 *
899 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
900 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
901 *
902 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
903 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200904 *
905 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
906 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
907 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
908 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300909 * information::
910 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200911 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300912 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200913 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
914 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
915 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
916 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300917 * information should then contain::
918 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200919 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300920 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200921 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
922 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200923 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200924struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
925 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100926 u16 count:5,
927 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000928} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200929
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100930#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
931
932static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
933 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
934{
935 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200936 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
937 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100938}
939
940static inline u8
941ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
942{
943 return rate->idx & 0xF;
944}
945
946static inline u8
947ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
948{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200949 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100950}
951
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200952/**
953 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200954 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200955 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
956 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
957 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
958 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
959 *
960 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200961 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200962 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100963 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +0100964 * @control: union part for control data
965 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
966 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
967 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
968 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
969 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
970 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
971 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
972 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
973 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
974 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
975 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
976 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
977 * @pad: padding
978 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
979 * @status: union part for status data
980 * @status.rates: attempted rates
981 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
982 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
983 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
984 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
985 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
986 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
987 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
988 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
989 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700990 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100991 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700992 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100993 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700994 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200995 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200996 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200997struct ieee80211_tx_info {
998 /* common information */
999 u32 flags;
1000 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001001
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001002 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001003
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001004 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001005
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001006 union {
1007 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001008 union {
1009 /* rate control */
1010 struct {
1011 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1012 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1013 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001014 u8 use_rts:1;
1015 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001016 u8 short_preamble:1;
1017 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001018 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001019 };
1020 /* only needed before rate control */
1021 unsigned long jiffies;
1022 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001023 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001024 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001025 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001026 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001027 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001028 } control;
1029 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001030 u64 cookie;
1031 } ack;
1032 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001033 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001034 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001035 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001036 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001037 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001038 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301039 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001040 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001041 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001042 struct {
1043 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1044 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001045 u8 pad[4];
1046
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001047 void *rate_driver_data[
1048 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1049 };
1050 void *driver_data[
1051 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001052 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001053};
1054
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001055/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001056 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1057 *
1058 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1059 * @info: Basic tx status information
1060 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001061 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001062 */
1063struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1064 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1065 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1066 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001067 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001068};
1069
1070/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001071 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1072 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001073 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1074 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1075 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001076 *
1077 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1078 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1079 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1080 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1081 */
1082struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001083 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1084 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001085 const u8 *common_ies;
1086 size_t common_ie_len;
1087};
1088
1089
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001090static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1091{
1092 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1093}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001094
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001095static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1096{
1097 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1098}
1099
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001100/**
1101 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1102 *
1103 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1104 *
1105 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1106 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1107 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1108 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1109 *
1110 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1111 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1112 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1113 */
1114static inline void
1115ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1116{
1117 int i;
1118
1119 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1120 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1121 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1122 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1123 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1124 /* clear the rate counts */
1125 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1126 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1127
1128 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001129 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001130 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1131 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1132 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1133}
1134
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001135
1136/**
1137 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1138 *
1139 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1140 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1141 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1142 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001143 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1144 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001145 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001146 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1147 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001148 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1149 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1150 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1151 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001152 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1153 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001154 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1155 * the frame.
1156 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1157 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001158 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001159 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1160 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1161 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001162 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1163 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1164 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001165 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1166 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001167 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1168 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001169 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1170 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1171 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001172 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1173 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1174 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1175 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1176 * on this subframe
1177 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1178 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001179 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1180 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001181 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1182 * processing it in any regular way.
1183 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1184 * them for sniffing purposes.
1185 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1186 * monitor interfaces.
1187 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1188 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001189 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1190 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1191 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1192 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1193 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1194 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1195 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1196 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1197 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001198 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1199 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1200 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001201 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1202 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1203 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001204 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1205 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001206 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1207 * frame
1208 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001209 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1210 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001211 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001212 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1213 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1214 * - DATA3_CODING
1215 * - DATA5_GI
1216 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1217 * - DATA6_NSTS
1218 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001219 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001220 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1221 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1222 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001223 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001224 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1225 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1226 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1227 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001228 */
1229enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001230 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1231 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001232 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001233 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1234 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1235 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1236 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001237 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001238 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1239 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1240 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1241 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1242 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1243 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1244 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1245 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1246 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1247 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1248 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1249 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1250 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1251 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1252 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1253 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001254 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1255 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001256 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1257 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001258 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001259 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001260};
1261
1262/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001263 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001264 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001265 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001266 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1267 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1268 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1269 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001270 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001271 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1272 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001273 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001274 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001275enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1276 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001277 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1278 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1279 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1280 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1281 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001282};
1283
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001284#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1285
1286enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1287 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1288 RX_ENC_HT,
1289 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001290 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001291};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001292
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001293/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001294 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1295 *
1296 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1297 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001298 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001299 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001300 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1301 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001302 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1303 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001304 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1305 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001306 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001307 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001308 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1309 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001310 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1311 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1312 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001313 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1314 * values were filled.
1315 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1316 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001317 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001318 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001319 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001320 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001321 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001322 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1323 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001324 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001325 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1326 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1327 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001328 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001329 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1330 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1331 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001332 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001333 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001334struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1335 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001336 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001337 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001338 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001339 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001340 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001341 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001342 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1343 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001344 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001345 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001346 u8 rx_flags;
1347 u8 band;
1348 u8 antenna;
1349 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001350 u8 chains;
1351 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001352 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001353 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001354};
1355
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001356/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001357 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1358 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1359 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1360 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1361 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1362 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1363 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1364 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1365 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1366 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1367 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1368 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1369 * @data field.
1370 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1371 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1372 * length
1373 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1374 *
1375 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1376 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1377 * data.
1378 */
1379struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1380 u32 present;
1381 u8 align;
1382 u8 oui[3];
1383 u8 subns;
1384 u8 pad;
1385 u16 len;
1386 u8 data[];
1387} __packed;
1388
1389/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001390 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1391 *
1392 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1393 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001394 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1395 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1396 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001397 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1398 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1399 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1400 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1401 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1402 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1403 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001404 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1405 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1406 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1407 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1408 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001409 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1410 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001411 */
1412enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001413 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001414 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001415 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001416 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001417};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001418
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001419
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001420/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001421 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1422 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001424 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001425 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001426 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001427 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001428 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001429 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001430 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001431 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1432 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001433 */
1434enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001436 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001437 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001438 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001439 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1440 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1441 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001442 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001443};
1444
1445/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001446 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1447 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001448 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1449 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1450 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1451 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1452 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001453 */
1454enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1455 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1456 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1457 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1458 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1459
1460 /* keep last */
1461 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1462};
1463
1464/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001465 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1466 *
1467 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1468 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001469 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1470 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001471 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001472 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1473 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1474 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001475 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1476 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1477 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1478 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001479 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1480 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001481 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001482 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001483 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001484 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001485 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001486 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1487 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001488 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001489 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1490 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001491 *
1492 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1493 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001494 * configured for an HT channel.
1495 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1496 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001497 */
1498struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001499 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001500 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001501
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001502 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001503 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001504
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001505 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1506
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001507 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001508 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001509 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001510};
1511
1512/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001513 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1514 *
1515 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1516 * operation.
1517 *
1518 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1519 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1520 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1521 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001522 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1523 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001524 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1525 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001526 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001527 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001528 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1529 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1530 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001531 */
1532struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1533 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001534 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001535 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001536 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001537 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001538 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001539};
1540
1541/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001542 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1543 *
1544 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1545 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001546 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1547 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1548 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1549 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001550 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1551 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1552 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1553 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001554 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1555 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1556 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001557 */
1558enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1559 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001560 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001561 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001562 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001563};
1564
1565/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001566 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1567 *
1568 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1569 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1570 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001571 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001572 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1573 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001574 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001575 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1576 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001577 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1578 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1579 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001580 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001581 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1582 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1583 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1584 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001585 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1586 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001587 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1588 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1589 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1590 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1591 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001592 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001593 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001594 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001595 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1596 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001597 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001598 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001599 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301600 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1601 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001602 */
1603struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001604 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001605 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001606 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001607 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001608 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001609 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001610
1611 u8 cab_queue;
1612 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1613
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001614 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1615
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001616 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1617
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001618 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001619
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001620#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1621 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1622#endif
1623
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001624 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1625
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301626 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1627
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001628 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001629 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001630};
1631
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001632static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1633{
1634#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001635 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001636#endif
1637 return false;
1638}
1639
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001640/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001641 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1642 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1643 *
1644 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1645 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1646 *
1647 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1648 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1649 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1650 */
1651struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1652
1653/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001654 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1655 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1656 *
1657 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1658 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1659 *
1660 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1661 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1662 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1663 */
1664struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1665
1666/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001667 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1668 *
1669 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1670 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1671 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001672 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1673 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001674 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1675 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001676 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1677 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1678 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001679 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1680 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001681 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001682 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1683 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001684 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001685 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001686 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001687 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1688 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1689 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001690 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1691 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1692 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1693 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1694 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1695 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1696 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001697 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001698 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001699 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001700 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1701 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1702 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001703 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1704 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1705 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001706 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001707 */
1708enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001709 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1710 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1711 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1712 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1713 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1714 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1715 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001716 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001717 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001718 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001719};
1720
1721/**
1722 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1723 *
1724 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1725 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1726 *
1727 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1728 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001729 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001730 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001731 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1732 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001733 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1734 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1735 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001736 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1737 * data block:
1738 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1739 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1740 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001741 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1742 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001743 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001744struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001745 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001746 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001747 u8 icv_len;
1748 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001749 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001750 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001751 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001752 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001753 u8 key[0];
1754};
1755
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001756#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1757
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001758#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1759#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1760
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001761/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001762 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1763 *
1764 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1765 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1766 * reverse order than in packet)
1767 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1768 * reverse order than in packet)
1769 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1770 * reverse order than in packet)
1771 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1772 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001773 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001774 */
1775struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1776 union {
1777 struct {
1778 u32 iv32;
1779 u16 iv16;
1780 } tkip;
1781 struct {
1782 u8 pn[6];
1783 } ccmp;
1784 struct {
1785 u8 pn[6];
1786 } aes_cmac;
1787 struct {
1788 u8 pn[6];
1789 } aes_gmac;
1790 struct {
1791 u8 pn[6];
1792 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001793 struct {
1794 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1795 u8 seq_len;
1796 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001797 };
1798};
1799
1800/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001801 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1802 *
1803 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1804 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1805 *
1806 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1807 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1808 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1809 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1810 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1811 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1812 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1813 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1814 * key_idx value calculation:
1815 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1816 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1817 */
1818struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1819 u32 cipher;
1820 u16 iftype;
1821 u8 hdr_len;
1822 u8 pn_len;
1823 u8 pn_off;
1824 u8 key_idx_off;
1825 u8 key_idx_mask;
1826 u8 key_idx_shift;
1827 u8 mic_len;
1828};
1829
1830/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001831 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1832 *
1833 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1834 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1835 *
1836 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1837 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1838 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001839enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001840 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001841};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001842
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001843/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001844 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1845 *
1846 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1847 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1848 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1849 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1850 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1851 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1852 */
1853enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1854 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1855 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1856 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1857 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1858 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1859 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1860};
1861
1862/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001863 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1864 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1865 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1866 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1867 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1868 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1869 *
1870 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1871 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1872 */
1873enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1874 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1875 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1876 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1877 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1878};
1879
1880/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001881 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1882 *
1883 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001884 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001885 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1886 */
1887struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1888 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1889 struct {
1890 s8 idx;
1891 u8 count;
1892 u8 count_cts;
1893 u8 count_rts;
1894 u16 flags;
1895 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1896};
1897
1898/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301899 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1900 *
1901 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1902 *
1903 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1904 * to the STA.
1905 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1906 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1907 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1908 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1909 * per peer TPC.
1910 */
1911struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1912 s16 power;
1913 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1914};
1915
1916/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001917 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1918 *
1919 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1920 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1921 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1922 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1923 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001924 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001925 *
1926 * @addr: MAC address
1927 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001928 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001929 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1930 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001931 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001932 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1933 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1934 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001935 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1936 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001937 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001938 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001939 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001940 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1941 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001942 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001943 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001944 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1945 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1946 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1947 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001948 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001949 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001950 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001951 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1952 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301953 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001954 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1955 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1956 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001957 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001958 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001959 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001960 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1961 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001962 */
1963struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001964 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001965 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1966 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001967 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001968 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001969 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1970 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001971 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001972 u8 uapsd_queues;
1973 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001974 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001975 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001976 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001977 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001978 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001979 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301980 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001981 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001982
1983 /**
1984 * @max_amsdu_len:
1985 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1986 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1987 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1988 *
1989 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1990 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1991 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1992 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1993 *
1994 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1995 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1996 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1997 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001998 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001999 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002000 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002001 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302002 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002003
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002004 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002005
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002006 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01002007 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002008};
2009
2010/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002011 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2012 *
2013 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302014 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002015 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002016 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2017 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2018 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002019enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002020 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2021};
2022
2023/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002024 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2025 *
2026 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2027 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2028 */
2029struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2030 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2031};
2032
2033/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002034 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2035 *
2036 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2037 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002038 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2039 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002040 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002041 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002042 *
2043 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2044 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2045 */
2046struct ieee80211_txq {
2047 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2048 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2049 u8 tid;
2050 u8 ac;
2051
2052 /* must be last */
2053 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2054};
2055
2056/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002057 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2058 *
2059 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2060 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2061 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2062 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2063 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2064 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002065 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2066 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2067 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2068 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2069 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2070 * algorithm.
2071 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2072 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2073 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2074 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2075 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2076 * CCK frames.
2077 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002078 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2079 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2080 * the FCS at the end.
2081 *
2082 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2083 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2084 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2085 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2086 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2087 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002088 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002089 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002090 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2091 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2092 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2093 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2094 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002095 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2096 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2097 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2098 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2099 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002100 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2101 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2102 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302103 *
2104 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2105 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002106 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002107 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2108 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2109 *
2110 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2111 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2112 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2113 *
2114 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2115 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002116 *
2117 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2118 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002119 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302120 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2121 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2122 * the stack.
2123 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002124 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002125 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2126 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002127 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002128 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2129 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2130 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002131 *
2132 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2133 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2134 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2135 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2136 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2137 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002138 *
2139 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2140 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2141 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2142 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2143 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2144 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002145 *
2146 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2147 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2148 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002149 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002150 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2151 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2152 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002153 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002154 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2155 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2156 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2157 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002158 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2159 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2160 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2161 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2162 * supported cipher suites.
2163 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002164 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2165 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2166 * for frames.
2167 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002168 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2169 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2170 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2171 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002172 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002173 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2174 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2175 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002176 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2177 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2178 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002179 *
2180 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2181 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002182 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002183 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2184 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2185 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2186 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002187 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2188 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2189 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2190 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002191 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002192 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2193 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2194 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002195 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002196 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002197 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002198 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2199 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2200 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002201 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2202 * within A-MPDU.
2203 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002204 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2205 * for sent beacons.
2206 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002207 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2208 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2209 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2210 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2211 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002212 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2213 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2214 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2215 * timeout.
2216 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002217 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2218 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2219 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002220 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2221 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2222 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2223 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2224 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2225 *
2226 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2227 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2228 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302229 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2230 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2231 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2232 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2233 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002234 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2235 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2236 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2237 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002238 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2239 * TDLS links.
2240 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002241 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2242 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2243 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2244 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2245 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2246 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2247 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002248 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002249 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2250 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002251 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002252 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2253 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2254 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002255 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2256 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2257 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2258 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2259 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2260 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002261 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2262 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2263 * TXQs to start with.
2264 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002265 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2266 * length in tx status information
2267 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002268 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2269 *
2270 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2271 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2272 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002273 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2274 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2275 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2276 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002277 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002278 */
2279enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002280 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2281 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2282 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2283 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2284 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2285 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2286 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2287 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2288 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2289 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2290 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2291 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2292 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2293 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2294 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2295 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2297 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2298 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2299 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2300 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2301 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2302 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2303 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2304 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2305 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2306 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2307 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2308 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002309 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002310 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002311 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002312 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002313 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002314 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002315 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2316 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302317 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002318 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002319 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002320 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002321 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002322 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002323 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002324 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002325 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002326 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2327 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002328 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002329
2330 /* keep last, obviously */
2331 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002332};
2333
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002334/**
2335 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002336 *
2337 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2338 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2339 *
2340 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2341 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2342 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002343 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2344 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002345 *
2346 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2347 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002348 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2349 * along with this structure.
2350 *
2351 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2352 *
2353 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2354 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2355 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002356 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2357 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002358 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002359 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002360 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002361 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002362 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002363 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002364 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002365 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002366 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2367 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2368 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002369 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2370 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2371 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002372 *
2373 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2374 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002375 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2376 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002377 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2378 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002379 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2380 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002381 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002382 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2383 * can handle.
2384 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2385 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002386 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002387 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002388 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2389 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2390 * aggregation.
2391 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2392 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2393 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002394 *
2395 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002396 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2397 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2398 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2399 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2400 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002401 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002402 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2403 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2404 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002405 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2406 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002407 *
2408 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2409 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002410 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002411 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002412 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002413 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2414 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002415 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002416 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002417 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2418 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002419 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002420 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002421 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002422 * device_timestamp.
2423 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2424 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2425 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2426 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2427 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002428 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002429 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002430 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2431 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002432 *
2433 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2434 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2435 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2436 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2437 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2438 * neither enabled.
2439 *
2440 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2441 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2442 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002443 *
2444 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2445 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2446 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002447 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2448 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002449 *
2450 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2451 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2452 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002453 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002454 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002455 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002456 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002457struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002458 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002459 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002460 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002461 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002462 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002463 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002464 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002465 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002466 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002467 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002468 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002469 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002470 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002471 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002472 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002473 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002474 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002475 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2476 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002477 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002478 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002479 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002480 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002481 struct {
2482 int units_pos;
2483 s16 accuracy;
2484 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002485 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002486 u8 uapsd_queues;
2487 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002488 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2489 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002490 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002491 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002492 u8 weight_multiplier;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002493};
2494
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002495static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2496 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2497{
2498 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2499}
2500#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2501
2502static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2503 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2504{
2505 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2506}
2507#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2508
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002509/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002510 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2511 *
2512 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2513 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2514 */
2515struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2516 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2517
2518 /* Keep last */
2519 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2520};
2521
2522/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002523 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2524 *
2525 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2526 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2527 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2528 * @status: channel-switch response status
2529 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2530 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2531 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2532 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2533 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2534 */
2535struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2536 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2537 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2538 u8 action_code;
2539 u32 status;
2540 u32 timestamp;
2541 u16 switch_time;
2542 u16 switch_timeout;
2543 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2544 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2545};
2546
2547/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002548 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2549 *
2550 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2551 *
2552 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2553 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2554 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2555 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2556 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002557 *
2558 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002559 */
2560struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2561
2562/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002563 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2564 *
2565 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2566 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2567 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002568static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2569{
2570 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2571}
2572
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002573/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002574 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002575 *
2576 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2577 * @addr: the address to set
2578 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002579static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002580{
2581 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2582}
2583
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002584static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2585ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002586 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002587{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002588 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002589 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002590 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002591}
2592
2593static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2594ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002595 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002596{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002597 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002598 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002599 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002600}
2601
2602static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2603ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002604 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002605{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002606 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002607 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002608 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002609}
2610
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002611/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002612 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2613 * @hw: the hardware
2614 * @skb: the skb
2615 *
2616 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2617 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2618 */
2619void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2620
2621/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002622 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002623 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002624 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2625 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2626 *
2627 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2628 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002629 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2630 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2631 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002632 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2633 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2634 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002635 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2636 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2637 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2638 *
2639 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2640 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2641 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2642 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2643 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002644 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2645 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2646 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2647 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2648 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002649 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2650 *
2651 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2652 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2653 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2654 * based on the receive flags.
2655 *
2656 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2657 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2658 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2659 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002660 *
2661 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2662 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2663 * handler.
2664 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002665 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002666 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2667 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002668 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002669 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002670 *
2671 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2672 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2673 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002674 *
2675 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2676 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2677 * requirements:
2678 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2679 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2680 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2681 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2682 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2683 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2684 encrypted with the new key and
2685 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2686 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002687 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002688
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002689/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002690 * DOC: Powersave support
2691 *
2692 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2693 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002694 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2695 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2696 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2697 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2698 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2699 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2700 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2701 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002702 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002703 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2704 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2705 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002706 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2707 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002708 *
2709 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2710 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2711 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002712 *
2713 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2714 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2715 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2716 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002717 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2718 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002719 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002720 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002721 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2722 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2723 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2724 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2725 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2726 * periods.
2727 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002728 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002729 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2730 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2731 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2732 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2733 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2734 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2735 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2736 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2737 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2738 *
2739 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002740 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002741 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002742 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2743 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2744 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2745 *
2746 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2747 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002748 */
2749
2750/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002751 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2752 *
2753 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002754 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002755 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2756 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2757 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2758 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2759 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2760 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002761 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2762 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002763 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2764 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2765 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2766 *
2767 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2768 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2769 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2770 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2771 *
2772 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2773 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2774 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2775 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002776 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002777 * - a list of information element IDs
2778 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2779 *
2780 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2781 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2782 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2783 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2784 * vendor information elements.
2785 *
2786 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2787 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2788 *
2789 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2790 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2791 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2792 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2793 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2794 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2795 *
2796 *
2797 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2798 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2799 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2800 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2801 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2802 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2803 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2804 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2805 *
2806 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2807 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2808 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002809 */
2810
2811/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002812 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2813 *
2814 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2815 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2816 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2817 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2818 *
2819 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2820 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2821 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2822 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2823 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2824 * hardware flags.
2825 *
2826 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2827 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2828 * turned off otherwise.
2829 *
2830 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2831 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2832 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2833 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2834 */
2835
2836/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002837 * DOC: Frame filtering
2838 *
2839 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2840 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2841 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2842 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2843 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2844 *
2845 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2846 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2847 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2848 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002849 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2850 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2851 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2852 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2853 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2854 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2855 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002856 *
2857 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2858 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2859 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2860 * or dropped.
2861 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002862 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2863 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2864 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2865 * the flag, but not clear it.
2866 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2867 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2868 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2869 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2870 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2871 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2872 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2873 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002874 */
2875
2876/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002877 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2878 *
2879 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2880 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2881 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2882 *
2883 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2884 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2885 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2886 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2887 * the driver code.
2888 *
2889 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2890 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2891 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2892 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2893 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2894 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2895 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2896 *
2897 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2898 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2899 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2900 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2901 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2902 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2903 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2904 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2905 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2906 * @sta_notify callback.
2907 *
2908 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2909 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2910 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2911 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2912 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2913 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2914 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002915 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002916 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2917 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2918 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2919 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2920 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2921 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2922 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002923 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2924 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2925 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002926 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2927 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2928 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2929 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2930 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2931 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2932 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2933 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2934 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2935 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2936 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2937 *
2938 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2939 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2940 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2941 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2942 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2943 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2944 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2945 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2946 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2947 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002948 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002949 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2950 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2951 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2952 *
2953 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2954 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2955 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2956 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2957 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002958 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002959 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2960 *
2961 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2962 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2963 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2964 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002965 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002966 *
2967 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2968 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2969 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2970 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002971 */
2972
2973/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002974 * DOC: HW queue control
2975 *
2976 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2977 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2978 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2979 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2980 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2981 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2982 *
2983 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2984 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2985 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2986 *
2987 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2988 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2989 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2990 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2991 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2992 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2993 * the hardware queue.
2994 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2995 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2996 *
2997 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2998 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2999 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3000 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3001 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3002 *
3003 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3004 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3005 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3006 * off-channel queue: 9
3007 *
3008 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3009 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3010 *
3011 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3012 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3013 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3014 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3015 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3016 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3017 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3018 *
3019 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3020 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3021 *
3022 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3023 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3024 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3025 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3026 */
3027
3028/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003029 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3030 *
3031 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3032 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3033 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3034 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3035 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003036 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3037 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3038 * multicast address.
3039 *
3040 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3041 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3042 *
3043 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3044 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3045 *
3046 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3047 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3048 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3049 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3050 * honour this flag if possible.
3051 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003052 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3053 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003054 *
3055 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003056 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003057 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003058 *
3059 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003060 */
3061enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003062 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3063 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3064 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3065 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3066 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3067 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003068 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003069 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003070};
3071
3072/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003073 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3074 *
3075 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3076 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003077 *
3078 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3079 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003080 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003081 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3082 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003083 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3084 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3085 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003086 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003087 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3088 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3089 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3090 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3091 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3092 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3093 * session is gone and removes the station.
3094 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3095 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3096 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3097 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003098 */
3099enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3100 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3101 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003102 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003103 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3104 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3105 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003106 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003107};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003108
3109/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003110 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3111 *
3112 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3113 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3114 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3115 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3116 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3117 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3118 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3119 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3120 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3121 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3122 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3123 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3124 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3125 */
3126struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3127 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3128 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3129 u16 tid;
3130 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003131 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003132 bool amsdu;
3133 u16 timeout;
3134};
3135
3136/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003137 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3138 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003139 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3140 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003141 */
3142enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3143 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003144 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003145};
3146
3147/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003148 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3149 *
3150 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003151 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3152 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3153 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003154 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003155 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3156 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3157 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003158 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3159 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003160 */
3161enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3162 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3163 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003164 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003165 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003166};
3167
3168/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003169 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3170 *
3171 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3172 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3173 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3174 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3175 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3176 *
3177 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3178 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3179 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3180 */
3181enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3182 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3183 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3184};
3185
3186/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003187 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3188 *
3189 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3190 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3191 *
3192 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3193 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3194 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3195 * of wowlan configuration)
3196 */
3197enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3198 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3199 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3200};
3201
3202/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003203 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3204 *
3205 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3206 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3207 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3208 *
3209 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3210 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3211 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003212 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003213 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003214 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003215 *
3216 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3217 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3218 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3219 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3220 * or zero.
3221 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3222 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3223 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003224 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003225 *
3226 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3227 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3228 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3229 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003230 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3231 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003232 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003233 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003234 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3235 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3236 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3237 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3238 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003239 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3240 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3241 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3242 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003243 *
3244 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3245 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3246 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3247 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3248 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3249 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003250 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3251 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3252 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3253 * in suspend().
3254 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003255 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003256 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003257 * and @stop must be implemented.
3258 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3259 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3260 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3261 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3262 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003263 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003264 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003265 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3266 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3267 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3268 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3269 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3270 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003271 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3272 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3273 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3274 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3275 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3276 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3277 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003278 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003279 *
3280 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3281 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003282 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003283 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003284 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003285 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3286 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3287 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3288 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3289 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003290 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3291 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003292 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003293 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3294 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3295 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3296 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003297 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3298 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003299 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003300 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003301 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3302 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3303 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3304 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3305 * which flags are changed.
3306 * This callback can sleep.
3307 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003308 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003309 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003310 *
3311 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003312 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3313 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003314 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003315 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003316 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003317 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003318 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3319 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3320 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003321 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003322 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003323 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3324 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3325 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3326 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3327 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3328 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003329 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3330 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3331 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3332 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003333 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003334 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003335 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3336 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003337 * that power save is disabled.
3338 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3339 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3340 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3341 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3342 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3343 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3344 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003345 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3346 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3347 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3348 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3349 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003350 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003351 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003352 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3353 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3354 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3355 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3356 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3357 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3358 * The callback can sleep.
3359 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003360 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3361 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3362 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3363 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3364 *
3365 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003366 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003367 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003368 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3369 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003370 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3371 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3372 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003373 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003374 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3375 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3376 * this notification.
3377 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003378 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003379 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3380 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003381 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003382 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003383 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3384 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3385 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003386 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003387 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003388 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003389 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3390 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3391 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003392 * The callback can sleep.
3393 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003394 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003395 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003396 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003397 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3398 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3399 *
3400 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003401 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3402 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3403 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3404 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3405 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003406 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303407 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3408 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003409 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3410 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303411 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003412 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003413 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3414 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3415 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003416 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003417 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3418 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3419 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3420 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003421 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3422 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3423 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3424 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3425 * The callback can sleep.
3426 *
3427 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3428 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3429 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3430 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3431 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003432 * The callback can sleep.
3433 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003434 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3435 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3436 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3437 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3438 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3439 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3440 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003441 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3442 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3443 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003444 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003445 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3446 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3447 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3448 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3449 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3450 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3451 * The callback can sleep.
3452 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003453 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003454 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003455 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003456 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003457 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003458 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003459 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003460 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003461 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003462 *
3463 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003464 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003465 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003466 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003467 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003468 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3469 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3470 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3471 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3472 * The callback can sleep.
3473 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003474 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3475 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3476 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3477 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003478 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003479 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003480 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3481 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3482 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003483 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003484 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003485 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003486 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3487 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003488 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3489 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3490 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003491 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003492 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003493 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3494 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003495 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3496 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3497 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003498 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003499 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3500 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003501 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003502 *
3503 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003504 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3505 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3506 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3507 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003508 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003509 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003510 *
3511 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3512 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3513 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3514 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003515 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003516 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3517 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3518 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3519 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3520 *
3521 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003522 *
3523 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3524 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3525 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3526 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3527 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3528 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003529 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003530 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3531 * must be accepted in this case.
3532 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003533 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3534 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003535 *
3536 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3537 *
3538 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303539 *
3540 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3541 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303542 *
3543 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3544 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3545 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003546 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3547 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003548 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003549 *
3550 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3551 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3552 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3553 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003554 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003555 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3556 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3557 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3558 * more-data bit must always be set.
3559 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3560 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003561 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3562 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3563 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3564 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3565 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3566 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003567 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3568 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3569 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003570 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3571 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003572 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003573 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003574 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003575 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3576 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3577 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003578 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003579 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3580 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3581 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3582 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003583 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003584 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003585 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3586 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3587 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003588 *
3589 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3590 *
3591 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3592 *
3593 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3594 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3595 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003596 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3597 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3598 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3599 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3600 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3601 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3602 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3603 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3604 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003605 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3606 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3607 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003608 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3609 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003610 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3611 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003612 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003613 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003614 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3615 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3616 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3617 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3618 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3619 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3620 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3621 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3622 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003623 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303624 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003625 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303626 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003627 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3628 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3629 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303630 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003631 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3632 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303633 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003634 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3635 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303636 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003637 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3638 * another, as specified in the list of
3639 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3640 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303641 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003642 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003643 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3644 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3645 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3646 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3647 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3648 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3649 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003650 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003651 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3652 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3653 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3654 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3655 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003656 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003657 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3658 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3659 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003660 *
3661 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3662 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3663 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003664 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003665 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3666 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003667 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003668 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003669 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3670 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003671 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3672 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003673 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003674 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003675 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3676 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3677 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003678 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3679 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3680 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003681 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3682 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3683 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003684 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3685 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3686 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3687 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003688 *
3689 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3690 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3691 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003692 *
3693 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3694 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003695 *
3696 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3697 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3698 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3699 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3700 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3701 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3702 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3703 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3704 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003705 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3706 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3707 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3708 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3709 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3710 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3711 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003712 *
3713 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003714 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3715 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3716 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3717 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003718 *
3719 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3720 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003721 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3722 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3723 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3724 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3725 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3726 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003727 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3728 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3729 * this call.
3730 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3731 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3732 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003733 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3734 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3735 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3736 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003737 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3738 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003739 *
3740 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3741 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003742 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003743struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003744 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3745 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3746 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003747 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003748 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003749#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3750 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3751 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003752 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003753#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003754 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003755 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003756 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3757 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003758 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003759 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003760 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003761 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003762 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3763 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3764 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3765 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003766
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003767 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3768 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3769
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003770 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003771 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003772 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3773 unsigned int changed_flags,
3774 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003775 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003776 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3777 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3778 unsigned int filter_flags,
3779 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003780 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3781 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003782 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003783 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003784 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003785 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003786 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3787 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3788 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3789 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003790 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3791 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3792 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003793 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3794 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003795 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003796 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003797 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3798 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003799 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3801 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003802 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003803 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003804 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003805 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3806 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3807 const u8 *mac_addr);
3808 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3809 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003810 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3811 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003812 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3813 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3814 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003815 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003816 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003817 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3818 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3819 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3820 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303821#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3822 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3823 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3824 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3825 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303826#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003827 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003828 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303829 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3830 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3831 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003832 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3833 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3834 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3835 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003836 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3837 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3838 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003839 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3840 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3841 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3842 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003843 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3844 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3845 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003846 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3847 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3848 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3849 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003850 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003851 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003852 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003853 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3854 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3855 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003856 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3857 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003858 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003859 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003860
3861 /**
3862 * @ampdu_action:
3863 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3864 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3865 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3866 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3867 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3868 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3869 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3870 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3871 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3872 *
3873 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3874 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3875 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3876 *
3877 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3878 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3879 *
3880 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3881 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3882 * - ``TX: 81``
3883 *
3884 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3885 *
3886 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3887 * The callback can sleep.
3888 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003889 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003890 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003891 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003892 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3893 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003894 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003895 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003896#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003897 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3898 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003899 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3900 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3901 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003902#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003903 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3904 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003905 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003906 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003907 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003908 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3909 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003910
3911 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003912 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003913 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003914 int duration,
3915 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03003916 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3917 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003918 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3919 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3920 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303921 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303922 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3923 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003924 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3925 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3926 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003927
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003928 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3929 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3930 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3931 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3932 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003933 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3934 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3935 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3936 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3937 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003938
3939 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3940 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3941 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3942 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3943 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3944 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3945 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3946 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003947
3948 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003949 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3950 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003951
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003952 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3953 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3954
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003955 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3956 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3957 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3958 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3959 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3960 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3961 u32 changed);
3962 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3963 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3964 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3965 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3966 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3967 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003968 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3969 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3970 int n_vifs,
3971 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003972
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003973 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3974 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003975
3976#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3977 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3978 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3979 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3980#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003981 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3982 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3983 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003984 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3985 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3986 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003987
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003988 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3989 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003990 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3991 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003992 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3993 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3994 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003995
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003996 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3997 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03003998 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3999 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004000 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4001 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004002
4003 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4004 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4005 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4006 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004007 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004008 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4009 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4010 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004011 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4012 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4013 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004014
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004015 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4016 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004017 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004018
4019 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4020 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4021 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4022 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4023 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004024 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4025 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4026 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004027 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4028 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4029 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4030 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4031 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4032 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004033 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4034 struct sk_buff *head,
4035 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004036 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4037 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4038 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004039 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4040 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4041 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4042 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004043};
4044
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004045/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004046 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4047 *
4048 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4049 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4050 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4051 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4052 * @priv_data_len.
4053 *
4054 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4055 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4056 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4057 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4058 *
4059 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4060 */
4061struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4062 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4063 const char *requested_name);
4064
4065/**
4066 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004067 *
4068 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4069 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4070 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4071 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4072 * @priv_data_len.
4073 *
4074 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4075 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004076 *
4077 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004078 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004079static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004080struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004081 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4082{
4083 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4084}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004085
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004086/**
4087 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4088 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004089 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4090 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4091 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004092 *
4093 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004094 *
4095 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004096 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004097int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4098
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004099/**
4100 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4101 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4102 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4103 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4104 */
4105struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4106 int throughput;
4107 int blink_time;
4108};
4109
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004110/**
4111 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4112 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4113 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4114 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4115 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4116 */
4117enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4118 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4119 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4120 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4121};
4122
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004123#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004124const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4125const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4126const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4127const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4128const char *
4129__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4130 unsigned int flags,
4131 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4132 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004133#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004134/**
4135 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4136 *
4137 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4138 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4139 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4140 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4141 *
4142 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004143 *
4144 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004145 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004146static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004147{
4148#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4149 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4150#else
4151 return NULL;
4152#endif
4153}
4154
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004155/**
4156 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4157 *
4158 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4159 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4160 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4161 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4162 *
4163 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004164 *
4165 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004166 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004167static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004168{
4169#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4170 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4171#else
4172 return NULL;
4173#endif
4174}
4175
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004176/**
4177 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4178 *
4179 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4180 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4181 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4182 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4183 *
4184 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004185 *
4186 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004187 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004188static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004189{
4190#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4191 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4192#else
4193 return NULL;
4194#endif
4195}
4196
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004197/**
4198 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4199 *
4200 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4201 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4202 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4203 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4204 *
4205 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004206 *
4207 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004208 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004209static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004210{
4211#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4212 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4213#else
4214 return NULL;
4215#endif
4216}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004217
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004218/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004219 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4220 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004221 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004222 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4223 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4224 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004225 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4226 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4227 *
4228 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004229 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004230static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004231ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004232 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4233 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4234{
4235#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004236 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004237 blink_table_len);
4238#else
4239 return NULL;
4240#endif
4241}
4242
4243/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004244 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4245 *
4246 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4247 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4248 *
4249 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4250 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004251void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4252
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004253/**
4254 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4255 *
4256 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4257 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004258 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004259 *
4260 * @hw: the hardware to free
4261 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004262void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4263
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004264/**
4265 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4266 *
4267 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4268 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4269 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4270 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4271 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4272 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4273 *
4274 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4275 */
4276void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4277
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004278/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004279 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004280 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004281 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4282 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4283 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4284 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4285 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4286 *
4287 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4288 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4289 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4290 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4291 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4292 *
4293 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4294 *
4295 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004296 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004297 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4298 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004299 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004300void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4301 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004302
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004303/**
4304 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4305 *
4306 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004307 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4308 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4309 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4310 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004311 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004312 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004313 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4314 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004315 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4316 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004317 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004318 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004319 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004320 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4321 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004322 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004323static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4324{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004325 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004326}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004327
4328/**
4329 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4330 *
4331 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004332 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4333 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004334 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004335 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4336 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004337 *
4338 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4339 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004340 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004341void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004342
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004343/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004344 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4345 *
4346 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4347 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4348 *
4349 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004350 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4351 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004352 *
4353 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4354 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4355 */
4356static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4357 struct sk_buff *skb)
4358{
4359 local_bh_disable();
4360 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4361 local_bh_enable();
4362}
4363
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004364/**
4365 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4366 *
4367 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4368 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4369 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4370 *
4371 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4372 *
4373 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4374 * each other.
4375 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004376 * @sta: currently connected sta
4377 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004378 *
4379 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004380 */
4381int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4382
4383/**
4384 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4385 * (in process context)
4386 *
4387 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4388 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4389 * applies.
4390 *
4391 * @sta: currently connected sta
4392 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004393 *
4394 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004395 */
4396static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4397 bool start)
4398{
4399 int ret;
4400
4401 local_bh_disable();
4402 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4403 local_bh_enable();
4404
4405 return ret;
4406}
4407
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004408/**
4409 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4410 * @sta: currently connected station
4411 *
4412 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4413 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4414 * connected station was received.
4415 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4416 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4417 * be serialized.
4418 */
4419void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4420
4421/**
4422 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4423 * @sta: currently connected station
4424 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4425 *
4426 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4427 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4428 * from a connected station was received.
4429 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4430 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4431 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004432 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4433 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4434 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4435 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004436 */
4437void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4438
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004439/*
4440 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4441 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4442 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004443#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004444
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004445/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004446 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004447 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004448 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4449 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004450 *
4451 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004452 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4453 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004454 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004455 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4456 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4457 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4458 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4459 *
4460 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4461 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4462 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4463 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4464 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4465 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4466 *
4467 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4468 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4469 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4470 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4471 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004472 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004473void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4474 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004475
4476/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004477 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4478 *
4479 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4480 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4481 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4482 *
4483 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4484 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4485 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4486 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4487 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4488 */
4489void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4490 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4491 struct sk_buff *skb,
4492 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4493 int max_rates);
4494
4495/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004496 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4497 *
4498 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4499 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4500 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4501 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4502 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4503 * slow stations to starve).
4504 *
4505 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4506 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4507 */
4508void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4509 u32 thr);
4510
4511/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304512 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4513 *
4514 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4515 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4516 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4517 *
4518 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4519 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4520 * @info: tx status information
4521 */
4522void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4523 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4524 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4525
4526/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004527 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4528 *
4529 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4530 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4531 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4532 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004533 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4534 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004535 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004536 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4537 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004538 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004539 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4540 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004541 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004542void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004543 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004544
4545/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004546 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4547 *
4548 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4549 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4550 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4551 *
4552 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4553 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4554 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4555 *
4556 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4557 * @status: tx status information
4558 */
4559void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4560 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4561
4562/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004563 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4564 *
4565 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4566 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4567 * specific skbs.
4568 *
4569 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4570 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4571 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4572 *
4573 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4574 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4575 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4576 * @info: tx status information
4577 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004578static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4579 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4580 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4581{
4582 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4583 .sta = sta,
4584 .info = info,
4585 };
4586
4587 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4588}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004589
4590/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004591 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4592 *
4593 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4594 *
4595 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4596 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4597 * for a single hardware.
4598 *
4599 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4600 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4601 */
4602static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4603 struct sk_buff *skb)
4604{
4605 local_bh_disable();
4606 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4607 local_bh_enable();
4608}
4609
4610/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004611 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004612 *
4613 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4614 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4615 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004616 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4617 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004618 *
4619 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4620 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004621 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004622void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004623 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004624
4625/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004626 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4627 *
4628 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4629 * connected STA.
4630 *
4631 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4632 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4633 */
4634void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4635
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004636#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4637
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004638/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004639 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4640 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4641 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004642 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4643 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4644 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004645 */
4646struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4647 u16 tim_offset;
4648 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004649
4650 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004651};
4652
4653/**
4654 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4655 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4656 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4657 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4658 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4659 *
4660 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4661 * obtain the beacon template.
4662 *
4663 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4664 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004665 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4666 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004667 *
4668 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4669 *
4670 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4671 */
4672struct sk_buff *
4673ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4674 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4675 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4676
4677/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004678 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4679 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004680 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004681 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4682 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4683 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4684 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4685 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4686 *
4687 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004688 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004689 *
4690 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4691 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004692 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4693 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004694 *
4695 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004696 *
4697 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004698 */
4699struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4700 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4701 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4702
4703/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004704 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4705 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004706 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004707 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004708 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004709 *
4710 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004711 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004712static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4713 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4714{
4715 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4716}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004717
4718/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004719 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4720 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4721 *
4722 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4723 * This function is called implicitly when
4724 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4725 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4726 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4727 *
4728 * Return: new csa counter value
4729 */
4730u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4731
4732/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004733 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4734 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4735 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4736 *
4737 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4738 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4739 *
4740 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4741 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4742 */
4743void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4744
4745/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004746 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4747 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4748 *
4749 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004750 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004751 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4752 */
4753void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4754
4755/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004756 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004757 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4758 *
4759 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4760 */
4761bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4762
4763
4764/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004765 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4766 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4767 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4768 *
4769 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4770 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4771 *
4772 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004773 *
4774 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004775 */
4776struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4777 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4778
4779/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004780 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4781 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4782 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4783 *
4784 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4785 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4786 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4787 *
4788 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4789 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004790 *
4791 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004792 */
4793struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4794 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4795
4796/**
4797 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4798 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4799 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004800 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4801 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004802 *
4803 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4804 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4805 * BSSID and address is used.
4806 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004807 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4808 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4809 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004810 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4811 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004812 *
4813 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004814 */
4815struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004816 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4817 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004818
4819/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004820 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4821 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004822 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004823 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4824 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004825 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004826 *
4827 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4828 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004829 *
4830 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004831 */
4832struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004833 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004834 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004835 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004836
4837/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004838 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4839 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004840 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004841 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4842 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004843 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004844 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4845 *
4846 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4847 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4848 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4849 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4850 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004851void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004852 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004853 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004854 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4855
4856/**
4857 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4858 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004859 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004860 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004861 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004862 *
4863 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4864 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4865 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004866 *
4867 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004868 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004869__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4870 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004871 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004872
4873/**
4874 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4875 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004876 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004877 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4878 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004879 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004880 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4881 *
4882 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4883 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4884 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4885 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4886 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004887void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4888 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004889 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004890 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004891 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4892
4893/**
4894 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4895 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004896 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004897 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004898 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004899 *
4900 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4901 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4902 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004903 *
4904 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004905 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004906__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4907 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004908 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004909 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004910
4911/**
4912 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4913 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004914 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004915 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004916 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004917 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004918 *
4919 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4920 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004921 *
4922 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004923 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004924__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4925 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004926 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004927 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004928 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004929
4930/**
4931 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4932 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004933 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004934 *
4935 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4936 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4937 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4938 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004939 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4940 *
4941 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4942 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004943 *
4944 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4945 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4946 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4947 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4948 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4949 * use common code for all beacons.
4950 */
4951struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004952ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004953
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004954/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004955 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4956 *
4957 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4958 *
4959 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4960 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4961 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4962 */
4963void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4964 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4965
4966/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004967 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004968 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004969 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4970 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004971 *
4972 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004973 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4974 * with this P1K
4975 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004976 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004977static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4978 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4979{
4980 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4981 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4982 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4983
4984 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4985}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004986
4987/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02004988 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4989 *
4990 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4991 * and transmitter address.
4992 *
4993 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4994 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4995 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4996 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4997 */
4998void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4999 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5000
5001/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005002 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5003 *
5004 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5005 * in the packet.
5006 *
5007 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5008 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5009 * encrypted with this key
5010 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5011 */
5012void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5013 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005014
5015/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005016 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5017 *
5018 * @pos: start of crypto header
5019 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5020 * @pn: PN to add
5021 *
5022 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5023 * the packet payload)
5024 *
5025 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5026 * point to the crypto header)
5027 */
5028u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5029
5030/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005031 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5032 *
5033 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005034 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005035 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5036 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5037 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5038 *
5039 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5040 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5041 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5042 *
5043 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5044 * can be done concurrently.
5045 */
5046void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5047 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5048
5049/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005050 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5051 *
5052 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005053 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005054 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5055 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5056 * @seq: new sequence data
5057 *
5058 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5059 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5060 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5061 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5062 *
5063 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5064 * can be done concurrently.
5065 */
5066void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5067 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5068
5069/**
5070 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5071 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5072 *
5073 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5074 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5075 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5076 *
5077 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5078 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5079 */
5080void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5081
5082/**
5083 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5084 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5085 * @keyconf: new key data
5086 *
5087 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5088 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5089 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5090 *
5091 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5092 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5093 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5094 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5095 *
5096 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5097 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5098 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5099 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5100 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5101 * of the reconfiguration.
5102 *
5103 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5104 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5105 *
5106 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5107 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5108 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5109 * the key that's being replaced.
5110 */
5111struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5112ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5113 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5114
5115/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005116 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5117 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5118 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5119 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5120 * @gfp: allocation flags
5121 */
5122void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5123 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5124
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005125/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005126 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5127 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5128 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5129 *
5130 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5131 */
5132void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5133
5134/**
5135 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5136 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5137 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5138 *
5139 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5140 */
5141void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5142
5143/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005144 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5145 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5146 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5147 *
5148 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005149 *
5150 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005151 */
5152
5153int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5154
5155/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005156 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5157 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5158 *
5159 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5160 */
5161void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5162
5163/**
5164 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5165 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5166 *
5167 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5168 */
5169void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5170
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005171/**
5172 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5173 *
5174 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5175 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005176 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5177 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005178 *
5179 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005180 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005181 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005182void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5183 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005184
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005185/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005186 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5187 *
5188 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5189 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5190 *
5191 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5192 */
5193void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5194
5195/**
5196 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5197 *
5198 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5199 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5200 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5201 * while associating, for instance.
5202 *
5203 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5204 */
5205void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5206
5207/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005208 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5209 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5210 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5211 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5212 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5213 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5214 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5215 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005216 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005217 */
5218enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5219 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5220 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005221 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005222};
5223
5224/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005225 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5226 *
5227 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5228 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5229 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5230 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5231 *
5232 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5233 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5234 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5235 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5236 */
5237void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5238 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5239 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5240 void *data);
5241
5242/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005243 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005244 *
5245 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5246 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005247 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5248 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5249 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005250 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005251 *
5252 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005253 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005254 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005255 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5256 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005257static inline void
5258ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5259 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5260 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5261 void *data)
5262{
5263 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5264 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5265 iterator, data);
5266}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005267
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005268/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005269 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5270 *
5271 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5272 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5273 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5274 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005275 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005276 *
5277 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005278 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005279 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5280 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5281 */
5282void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005283 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005284 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5285 u8 *mac,
5286 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5287 void *data);
5288
5289/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005290 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5291 *
5292 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5293 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5294 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5295 *
5296 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5297 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5298 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5299 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5300 */
5301void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5302 u32 iter_flags,
5303 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5304 u8 *mac,
5305 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5306 void *data);
5307
5308/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005309 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5310 *
5311 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5312 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5313 * function for them.
5314 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5315 *
5316 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5317 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5318 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5319 */
5320void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5321 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5322 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5323 void *data);
5324/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005325 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5326 *
5327 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5328 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5329 *
5330 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5331 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5332 */
5333void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5334
5335/**
5336 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5337 *
5338 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5339 * workqueue.
5340 *
5341 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5342 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5343 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5344 */
5345void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5346 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5347 unsigned long delay);
5348
5349/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005350 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005351 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005352 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305353 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005354 *
5355 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005356 *
5357 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5358 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5359 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5360 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305361int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5362 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005363
5364/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005365 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005366 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005367 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5368 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5369 *
5370 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005371 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5372 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005373 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005374void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005375 u16 tid);
5376
5377/**
5378 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005379 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005380 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005381 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005382 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005383 *
5384 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5385 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5386 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5387 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005388int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005389
5390/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005391 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005392 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005393 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5394 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5395 *
5396 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005397 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5398 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005399 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005400void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005401 u16 tid);
5402
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005403/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005404 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5405 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005406 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005407 * @addr: station's address
5408 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005409 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5410 *
5411 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005412 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5413 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005414struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005415 const u8 *addr);
5416
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005417/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005418 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005419 *
5420 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005421 * @addr: remote station's address
5422 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005423 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005424 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5425 *
5426 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005427 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5428 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005429 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5430 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5431 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5432 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5433 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5434 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5435 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005436 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005437 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005438 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005439struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5440 const u8 *addr,
5441 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005442
5443/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005444 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5445 * @hw: the hardware
5446 * @pubsta: the station
5447 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5448 *
5449 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5450 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5451 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5452 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5453 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5454 *
5455 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5456 * manner.
5457 *
5458 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5459 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5460 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5461 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5462 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5463 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5464 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5465 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5466 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5467 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5468 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5469 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5470 * woke up while blocked or not.
5471 */
5472void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5473 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5474
5475/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005476 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5477 * @pubsta: the station
5478 *
5479 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5480 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5481 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5482 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5483 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005484 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5485 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5486 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5487 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5488 *
5489 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5490 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5491 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5492 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005493 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005494void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005495
5496/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005497 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5498 * @pubsta: the station
5499 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5500 *
5501 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5502 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5503 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5504 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5505 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5506 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5507 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5508 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5509 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5510 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5511 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5512 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5513 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5514 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5515 */
5516void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5517
5518/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005519 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5520 *
5521 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5522 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5523 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5524 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5525 *
5526 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5527 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5528 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5529 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5530 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5531 * attempts.
5532 *
5533 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5534 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5535 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5536 * them to 0.
5537 *
5538 * @pubsta: the station
5539 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5540 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5541 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5542 */
5543void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5544 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5545
5546/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005547 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5548 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5549 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5550 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5551 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5552 *
5553 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5554 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5555 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5556 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5557 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5558 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005559 *
5560 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5561 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5562 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005563 */
5564void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5565 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5566 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5567 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5568 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5569 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5570 void *data),
5571 void *iter_data);
5572
5573/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005574 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5575 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5576 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5577 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5578 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5579 *
5580 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5581 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5582 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5583 * in removal process will be skipped.
5584 *
5585 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5586 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5587 */
5588void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5589 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5590 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5591 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5592 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5593 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5594 void *data),
5595 void *iter_data);
5596
5597/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005598 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5599 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5600 * @iter: iterator function
5601 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5602 *
5603 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5604 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5605 * places while calling into the driver.
5606 *
5607 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5608 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5609 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005610 *
5611 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5612 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5613 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5614 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005615 */
5616void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5617 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5618 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5619 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5620 void *data),
5621 void *iter_data);
5622
5623/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005624 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5625 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5626 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5627 *
5628 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5629 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5630 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5631 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5632 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005633 * %NULL.
5634 *
5635 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005636 */
5637struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5638 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5639
5640/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005641 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5642 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005643 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005644 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005645 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005646 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005647 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5648 */
5649void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005650
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005651/**
5652 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5653 *
5654 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5655 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005656 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005657 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5658 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005659 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5660 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005661 *
5662 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5663 * without connection recovery attempts.
5664 */
5665void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5666
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005667/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005668 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5669 *
5670 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5671 *
5672 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5673 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5674 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5675 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5676 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5677 *
5678 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5679 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5680 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5681 * disconnect normally later.
5682 *
5683 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5684 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5685 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5686 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5687 */
5688void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5689
5690/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005691 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5692 * rssi threshold triggered
5693 *
5694 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5695 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005696 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005697 * @gfp: context flags
5698 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005699 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005700 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5701 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5702 */
5703void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5704 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005705 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005706 gfp_t gfp);
5707
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005708/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005709 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5710 *
5711 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5712 * @gfp: context flags
5713 */
5714void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5715
5716/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005717 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5718 *
5719 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5720 */
5721void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5722
5723/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005724 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5725 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5726 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5727 *
5728 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5729 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5730 */
5731void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5732
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005733/**
5734 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5735 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005736 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005737 *
5738 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5739 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5740 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5741 */
5742void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5743 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5744
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005745/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005746 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5747 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5748 */
5749void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5750
5751/**
5752 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5753 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5754 */
5755void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5756
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005757/**
5758 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5759 *
5760 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5761 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5762 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5763 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5764 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5765 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5766 *
5767 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5768 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5769 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5770 */
5771void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5772 const u8 *addr);
5773
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005774/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005775 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5776 * @pubsta: station struct
5777 * @tid: the session's TID
5778 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5779 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5780 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5781 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5782 *
5783 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5784 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5785 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5786 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5787 */
5788void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5789 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5790 u16 received_mpdus);
5791
5792/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005793 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5794 *
5795 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5796 * buffer.
5797 *
5798 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5799 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5800 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5801 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5802 */
5803void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5804
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005805/**
5806 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5807 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5808 * @addr: station mac address
5809 * @tid: the rx tid
5810 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005811void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005812 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005813
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005814/**
5815 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5816 *
5817 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5818 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5819 * reordering.
5820 *
5821 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5822 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5823 *
5824 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5825 * @addr: station mac address
5826 * @tid: the rx tid
5827 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005828static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5829 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5830{
5831 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5832 return;
5833 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5834}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005835
5836/**
5837 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5838 *
5839 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5840 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5841 * reordering.
5842 *
5843 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5844 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5845 *
5846 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5847 * @addr: station mac address
5848 * @tid: the rx tid
5849 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005850static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5851 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5852{
5853 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5854 return;
5855 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5856}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005857
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005858/**
5859 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5860 *
5861 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5862 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5863 *
5864 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5865 *
5866 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5867 * @addr: station mac address
5868 * @tid: the rx tid
5869 */
5870void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5871 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5872
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005873/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005874
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005875/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005876 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005877 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005878 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5879 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5880 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005881 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5882 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005883 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5884 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5885 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5886 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5887 * RTS threshold
5888 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5889 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005890 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005891 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005892 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005893 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005894struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5895 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5896 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5897 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5898 struct sk_buff *skb;
5899 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5900 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005901 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005902 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005903 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005904};
5905
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005906/**
5907 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5908 */
5909enum rate_control_capabilities {
5910 /**
5911 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5912 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5913 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5914 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5915 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5916 */
5917 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5918};
5919
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005920struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005921 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005922 const char *name;
5923 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005924 void (*free)(void *priv);
5925
5926 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5927 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005928 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005929 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305930 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005931 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005932 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5933 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005934 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5935 void *priv_sta);
5936
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005937 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5938 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5939 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005940 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5941 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5942 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005943 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5944 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005945
5946 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5947 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005948
5949 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005950};
5951
5952static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005953 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005954 int index)
5955{
5956 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5957}
5958
5959static inline s8
5960rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5961 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5962{
5963 int i;
5964
5965 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5966 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5967 return i;
5968
5969 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005970 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005971
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005972 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005973 return 0;
5974}
5975
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005976static inline
5977bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5978 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5979{
5980 unsigned int i;
5981
5982 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5983 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5984 return true;
5985 return false;
5986}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005987
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02005988/**
5989 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5990 *
5991 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5992 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5993 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5994 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5995 *
5996 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5997 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5998 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5999 */
6000int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6001 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6002 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6003
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006004int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6005void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006006
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006007static inline bool
6008conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6009{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006010 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006011}
6012
6013static inline bool
6014conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6015{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006016 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6017 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006018}
6019
6020static inline bool
6021conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6022{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006023 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6024 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006025}
6026
6027static inline bool
6028conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6029{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006030 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006031}
6032
6033static inline bool
6034conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6035{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006036 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6037 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6038 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006039}
6040
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006041static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6042ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6043{
6044 if (p2p) {
6045 switch (type) {
6046 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6047 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6048 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6049 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6050 default:
6051 break;
6052 }
6053 }
6054 return type;
6055}
6056
6057static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6058ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6059{
6060 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6061}
6062
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006063/**
6064 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6065 *
6066 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6067 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6068 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6069 *
6070 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6071 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6072 * matching GroupId management frame.
6073 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6074 */
6075void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6076 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6077
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006078void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6079 int rssi_min_thold,
6080 int rssi_max_thold);
6081
6082void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006083
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006084/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006085 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006086 *
6087 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6088 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006089 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6090 *
6091 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6092 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006093 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006094int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6095
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006096/**
6097 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6098 * @vif: virtual interface
6099 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6100 * @gfp: allocation flags
6101 *
6102 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6103 */
6104void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6105 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6106 gfp_t gfp);
6107
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006108/**
6109 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6110 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6111 * @vif: virtual interface
6112 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6113 * @band: the band to transmit on
6114 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6115 *
6116 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6117 */
6118bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6119 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6120 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6121
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006122/**
6123 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6124 *
6125 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6126 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6127 *
6128 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6129 *
6130 * private:
6131 *
6132 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6133 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6134 */
6135struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6136 u32 next_tsf;
6137 bool has_next_tsf;
6138
6139 u8 absent;
6140
6141 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6142 struct {
6143 u32 start;
6144 u32 duration;
6145 u32 interval;
6146 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6147};
6148
6149/**
6150 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6151 *
6152 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6153 * @data: NoA tracking data
6154 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6155 *
6156 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6157 */
6158int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6159 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6160
6161/**
6162 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6163 *
6164 * @data: NoA tracking data
6165 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6166 */
6167void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6168
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006169/**
6170 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6171 * @vif: virtual interface
6172 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6173 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6174 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6175 * @gfp: allocation flags
6176 *
6177 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6178 */
6179void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6180 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6181 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006182
6183/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006184 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6185 *
6186 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6187 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6188 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6189 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6190 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6191 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6192 *
6193 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6194 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6195 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6196 *
6197 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6198 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6199 *
6200 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6201 */
6202int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6203
6204/**
6205 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6206 *
6207 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6208 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6209 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6210 *
6211 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6212 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6213 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6214 *
6215 * @sta: the station
6216 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6217 */
6218void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6219
6220/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006221 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6222 *
6223 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006224 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6225 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006226 *
6227 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006228 *
6229 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6230 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6231 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6232 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6233 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6234 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6235 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006236 *
6237 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6238 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006239 */
6240struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6241 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006242
6243/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006244 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6245 * (in process context)
6246 *
6247 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6248 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6249 *
6250 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6251 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6252 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6253 */
6254static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6255 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6256{
6257 struct sk_buff *skb;
6258
6259 local_bh_disable();
6260 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6261 local_bh_enable();
6262
6263 return skb;
6264}
6265
6266/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006267 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6268 *
6269 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6270 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6271 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006272 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6273 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6274 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6275 */
6276struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6277
6278/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006279 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006280 *
6281 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6282 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6283 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006284 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6285 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006286 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006287void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006288
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006289/* (deprecated) */
6290static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6291{
6292}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006293
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006294void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6295 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6296
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006297/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006298 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6299 *
6300 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6301 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6302 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006303 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6304 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6305 *
6306 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6307 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006308 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006309static inline void
6310ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6311{
6312 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6313}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006314
6315/**
6316 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6317 *
6318 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6319 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006320 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6321 *
6322 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6323 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006324 */
6325static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006326ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6327 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006328{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006329 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006330}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006331
6332/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006333 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6334 *
6335 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6336 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6337 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6338 * next_txq().
6339 *
6340 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6341 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6342 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6343 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6344 * again.
6345 *
6346 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6347 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6348 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6349 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6350 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6351 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6352 *
6353 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6354 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6355 */
6356bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6357 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6358
6359/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006360 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6361 *
6362 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6363 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6364 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6365 *
6366 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6367 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6368 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6369 */
6370void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6371 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6372 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006373
6374/**
6375 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6376 *
6377 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6378 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6379 *
6380 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6381 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6382 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6383 * @gfp: allocation flags
6384 */
6385void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6386 u8 inst_id,
6387 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6388 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006389
6390/**
6391 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6392 *
6393 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6394 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6395 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6396 *
6397 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6398 * @match: match event information
6399 * @gfp: allocation flags
6400 */
6401void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6402 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6403 gfp_t gfp);
6404
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006405#endif /* MAC80211_H */